Ford Explorer: Supplemental Restraint System / Diagnosis and Testing - Airbag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Ford Explorer 2020-2022 Service Manual / Body and Paint / Body and Paint / Supplemental Restraint System / Diagnosis and Testing - Airbag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).


  Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart


Module   DTC Description Action
  BCM B00A0:11 Occupant Classification System:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BCM B00A0:12 Occupant Classification System:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BCM B1123:11 Restraints Ignition Relay:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BCM B1123:12 Restraints Ignition Relay:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BM
  BCM B11D8:01 Restraint Event Notification:General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  OCSM B0061:11 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  OCSM B0061:12 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  OCSM B0061:13 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  OCSM B0061:64 Passenger Seatbelt Tension Sensor:Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BB
  OCSM B00A0:62 Occupant Classification System:Signal Compare Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BC
  OCSM B00C0:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A":Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C0:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A":Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C0:16 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A":Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C0:49 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A":Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C0:7B Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "A":Low Fluid Level   GO to Pinpoint Test BD
  OCSM B00C2:11 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C":Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B00C2:12 Passenger Seat Occupant Classification Sensor "C":Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test BE
  OCSM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BF
  OCSM U0100:00 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM “A”:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BG
  OCSM U0151:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Control Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BH
  OCSM U024C:00 Lost Communication with Seat Control Module "H":No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BI
  OCSM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test BJ
  OCSM U3000:41 Control Module:General Checksum Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BK
  OCSM U3000:42 Control Module:General Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BK
  OCSM U3000:46 Control Module:Special Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test BK
  OCSM U3000:54 Control Module:Missing Calibration   GO to Pinpoint Test BL
  OCSM U3003:16 Battery Voltage:Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  OCSM U3003:17 Battery Voltage:Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  RCM B0001:11 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:12 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:13 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:1A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test A
  RCM B0001:2B Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0001:4A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0002:11 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:12 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:13 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:1A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test B
  RCM B0002:2B Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0002:4A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0004:11 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:12 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:13 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:1A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test C
  RCM B0004:2B Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0010:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test D
  RCM B0010:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0010:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0011:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test E
  RCM B0011:2B Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0011:4A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0013:11 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:12 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:13 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:1A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test F
  RCM B0013:2B Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0013:4A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0050:11 Driver Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:12 Driver Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:13 Driver Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:1D Driver Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test G
  RCM B0050:2B Driver Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0050:4A Driver Seatbelt Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0052:11 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:12 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:13 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:1D Passenger Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test H
  RCM B0052:2B Passenger Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0052:4A Passenger Seatbelt Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0054:11 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:12 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:13 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:1D Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test I
  RCM B0054:2B Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0054:4A Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0070:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test J
  RCM B0070:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0070:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0072:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test K
  RCM B0072:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0072:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B007E:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test L
  RCM B007E:2B Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B007E:4A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B007F:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test M
  RCM B007F:2B Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B007F:4A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B0082:11 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:12 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:13 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:1A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test N
  RCM B0082:2B Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B0082:4A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00A0:09 Occupant Classification System:Component Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00A0:4A Occupant Classification System:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00A0:63 Occupant Classification System:Circuit / Component Protection Time-Out   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00A0:64 Occupant Classification System:Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00A0:68 Occupant Classification System:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test O
  RCM B00B5:11 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:12 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:13 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:1D Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test P
  RCM B00B5:2B Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00B5:4A Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00C5:11 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:12 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:13 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:1D Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test Q
  RCM B00C5:2B Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B00C5:4A Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B00D5:01 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator:General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B00D5:11 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test S
  RCM B00D5:12 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test S
  RCM B00D5:13 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test S
  RCM B00D5:4A Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test T
  RCM B11CF:11 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:12 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:13 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:1A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test U
  RCM B11CF:2B Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B11CF:4A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B11D8:11 Restraint Event Notification:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  RCM B11D8:12 Restraint Event Notification:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  RCM B11D8:13 Restraint Event Notification:Circuit Short To Open   GO to Pinpoint Test V
  RCM B1202:01 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator:General Electrical Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test R
  RCM B1202:11 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1202:12 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1202:13 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test W
  RCM B1202:4A Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1404:11 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:12 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:13 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:1A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test X
  RCM B1404:2B Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1404:4A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1405:11 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:12 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:13 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:1A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Y
  RCM B1405:2B Driver Curtain Deployment Control 1:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1405:4A Driver Curtain Deployment Control 1:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1407:11 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:12 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:13 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:1A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test Z
  RCM B1407:2B Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1407:4A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1408:11 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:12 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:13 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:1A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AA
  RCM B1408:2B Passenger Curtain Deployment Control 1:Signal Cross Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1408:4A Passenger Curtain Deployment Control 1:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140C:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140C:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140C:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140C:1D Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AB
  RCM B140C:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140C:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140D:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140D:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140D:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140D:1D Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AC
  RCM B140D:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140D:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B140E:11 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140E:12 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140E:13 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140E:1D Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AD
  RCM B140E:2B Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140F:11 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140F:12 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140F:13 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140F:1D Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Circuit Current Out Of Range   GO to Pinpoint Test AE
  RCM B140F:2B Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B140F:4A Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1410:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:1A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AF
  RCM B1410:2B Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1410:4A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1412:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:1A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Circuit Resistance Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test AG
  RCM B1412:2B Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Signal Cross-Coupled   GO to Pinpoint Test AM
  RCM B1412:4A Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1413:11 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:12 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:13 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AH
  RCM B1413:4A Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1413:81 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1413:96 Driver Frontal Restraints Sensor:Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1414:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1414:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1414:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1414:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1414:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 1:Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1415:11 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1415:12 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1415:13 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1415:4A Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1415:81 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1415:96 Driver Side Restraints Sensor 2:Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1417:11 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short To Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1417:12 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor:Circuit Short To Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1417:13 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AL
  RCM B1417:4A Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1417:81 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1417:96 Passenger Frontal Restraints Sensor:Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1418:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1418:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1418:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AK
  RCM B1418:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1418:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1418:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 1:Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:11 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2:Circuit Short to Ground   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1419:12 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2:Circuit Short to Battery   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1419:13 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2:Circuit Open   GO to Pinpoint Test AJ
  RCM B1419:4A Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1419:81 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B1419:96 Passenger Side Restraints Sensor 2:Component Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AI
  RCM B142D:00 Pyrotechnic End of Life Activation Performed:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM B1469:4A Unused Satellite Restraints Sensor 1:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B146A:4A Unused Satellite Restraints Sensor 2:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1492:68 Fuel Cutoff Event:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AX
  RCM B1534:4A Unused Deployable Device:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM B1535:4A Unused DC Sensor Device:Incorrect Component Installed   GO to Pinpoint Test AN
  RCM C0061:68 Lateral Acceleration Sensor:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0062:68 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0063:68 Yaw Rate Sensor:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0064:68 Roll Rate Sensor:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM C0065:68 Vertical Acceleration Sensor:Event Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AO
  RCM U0028:08 Vehicle Communication Bus A:Bus Signal/Message Failures   GO to Pinpoint Test AP
  RCM U0028:88 Vehicle Communication Bus A:Bus Off   GO to Pinpoint Test AP
  RCM U0100:00 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM “A”:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AQ
  RCM U0140:00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AR
  RCM U0146:00 Lost Communication with Gateway "A":No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AS
  RCM U0154:00 Lost Communication with Restraints Occupant Classification System Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AT
  RCM U0253:00 Lost Communication with Accessory Protocol Interface Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AU
  RCM U0300:00 Control Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM U0401:00 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0401:81 Invalid Data Received from ECM/PCM A:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0422:00 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0422:81 Invalid Data Received From Body Control Module:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0455:81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Occupant Classification System Module:Invalid Serial Data Received   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0554:00 Invalid Data Received From Accessory Protocol Interface Module:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U0557:82 Invalid Data Received From Front Controls Interface Module "A":Alive/Sequence Counter Incorrect/Not Updated   GO to Pinpoint Test AV
  RCM U2024:57 Control Module Cal-Config Data:Invalid/Incompatible Software Component   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM U2100:00 Initial Configuration Not Complete:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AY
  RCM U2101:00 Control Module Configuration Incompatible:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AP
  RCM U2200:00 Control Module Configuration Memory Corrupt:No Sub Type Information   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM U2300:55 Central Configuration:Not Configured   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
  RCM U2300:64 Central Configuration:Signal Plausibility Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AZ
  RCM U3000:04 Control Module:System Internal Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM U3000:46 Control Module:Calibration / Parameter Memory Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM U3000:49 Control Module:Internal Electronic Failure   GO to Pinpoint Test AW
  RCM U3003:16 Battery Voltage:Circuit Voltage Below Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BA
  RCM U3003:17 Battery Voltage:Circuit Voltage Above Threshold   GO to Pinpoint Test BA

Symptom Chart(s)

Symptom Chart: Supplemental Restraint System

Diagnostics in this manual assume a certain skill level and knowledge of Ford-specific diagnostic practices.
REFER to: Diagnostic Methods (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).


  Symptom Chart


Condition Possible Sources Actions
A module does not respond to the diagnostic scan tool
  • Fuse
  • Diagnostic scan tool
  • DLC
  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Module

  • REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).
An audible tone sounds within 60 seconds of ignition ON
  • SRS fault or airbag warning indicator fault
  • CARRY OUT the RCM and IPC self-tests. For RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to DTC Chart: RCM. For IPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs),
    REFER to: Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Diagnosis and Testing).
The airbag indicator is flashing
  • SRS fault
  • CARRY OUT the RCM self tests. REFER to DTC Chart: RCM.
The airbag warning indicator is illuminated continuously
  • Fuse
  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • IPC
  • RCM
  • CARRY OUT the RCM self tests. REFER to DTC Chart: RCM.
  • If no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were retrieved from the RCM,
    REFER to: Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes (413-01 Instrumentation, Message Center and Warning Chimes, Diagnosis and Testing).
  • If the RCM does not respond to the diagnostic scan tool,
    REFER to: Communications Network (418-00 Module Communications Network, Diagnosis and Testing).

Pinpoint Tests


PINPOINT TEST A : B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13, B0001:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver airbag stage 1 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13 or B0001:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0001:11 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:12 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:13 Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0001:1A Driver Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
A1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:11, B0001:12, B0001:13 or B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A2
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A12
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A15
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A2 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_00_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No GO to A3

A3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_00_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness or INSTALL a new clockspring as needed. REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No For PID value less than 1.95 ohms, GO to A4
For PID value greater than 3.88 ohms, GO to A8

A4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:1A to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A17
No GO to A5

A5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:1A to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A6

A6 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   C218A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No GO to A7

A7 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C310A, pin 29, component side C310A, pin 30, component side

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes REPAIR the driver airbag stage 1 circuit(s) for a short together.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No GO to A19

A8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-29   C216A-1
      C310A-30   C216A-2

Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to A10
No GO to A9

A9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-29   C218A-1
      C310A-30   C218A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to A18
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24

A10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C216A-1   C216A-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Was DTC B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A17
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A11

A11 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C218A-1   C218A-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Was DTC B0001:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A18
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to A19

A12 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:11 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A17
No GO to A13

A13 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:11 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A14

A14 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   Ground
      C218A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to A19
No Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar. REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24

A15 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the SCCM/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0001:12 to B0001:13?
Yes GO to A18
No GO to A16

A16 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-1   Ground
      C218A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar. REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No GO to A19

A17 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Driver Airbag C216A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver airbag.
REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A18 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A19 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to A24
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0001:13 or B0001:1A, GO to A20
For DTC B0001:11, GO to A21
For DTC B0001:12, GO to A22

A20 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_00_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_00_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23
No If the driver airbag PID indicates incorrect resistance only when the steering wheel is rotated, INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For all other faults, DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information. GO to A24

A21 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23

A22 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0001:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A23

A23 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Airbag C216A Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tab to verify that it is correctly seated and free of damage.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to A24
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to A24

A24 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST B : B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13, B0002:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver airbag stage 2 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13 or B0002:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • Connections
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0002:11 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:12 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:13 Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0002:1A Driver Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Clockspring
  • Driver airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
B1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:11, B0002:12, B0002:13 or B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B2
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B11
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B14
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B2 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_01_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No GO to B3

B3 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_01_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness or INSTALL a new clockspring as needed. REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No For PID value less than 1.98 ohms, GO to B4
For PID value greater than 3.88 ohms, GO to B7

B4 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:1A to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B16
No GO to B5

B5 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag / clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:1A to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B6

B6 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   C218A-4

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B7 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-10   C216B-1
      C310A-9   C216B-2

Are the resistances less than 1 ohm?
Yes GO to B9
No GO to B8

B8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-10   C218A-3
      C310A-9   C218A-4

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to B17
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C216B-1   C216B-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. Stage 1 shows an open circuit fault because the driver airbag is disconnected.

Was DTC B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B16
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B10

B10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C218A-3   C218A-4
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. Stage 1 shows an open circuit fault because the driver airbag is disconnected.

Was DTC B0002:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B17
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to B18

B11 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:11 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B16
No GO to B12

B12 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:11 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B13

B13 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   Ground
      C218A-4   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to B18
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23

B14 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO BATTERY INDICATED) (CLOCKSPRING DISCONNECTED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Clockspring C218A .
    • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
      REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on stages 1 and 2.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0002:12 to B0002:13?
Yes GO to B17
No GO to B15

B15 CHECK THE DRIVER AIRBAG STAGE 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C218A-3   Ground
      C218A-4   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No GO to B18

B16 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Driver Airbag C216B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected).
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver airbag.
REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B17 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Clockspring C218A .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Install the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B18 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect Clockspring C218A (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to B23
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0002:13 or B0002:1A, GO to B19
For DTC B0002:11, GO to B20
For DTC B0002:12, GO to B21

B19 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_01_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_01_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.95 and 3.88 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22
No If the driver airbag PID indicates incorrect resistance only when the steering wheel is rotated, INSTALL a new clockspring.
REFER to: Clockspring (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). For all other faults, DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information. GO to B23

B20 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22

B21 CHECK THE DRIVER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    https://detroit.craigslist.org/search/sss?query=crafsman14
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Remove the steering column shrouds to access the clockspring connectors.
    REFER to: Steering Column Shrouds (501-05 Interior Trim and Ornamentation, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0002:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B22

B22 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Airbag C216B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tab to verify that it is correctly seated and free of damage.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to B23
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to B23

B23 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST C : B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13, B0004:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver knee airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver knee airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13 or B0004:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver knee airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0004:11 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:12 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:13 Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0004:1A Driver Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver knee airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
C1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:11, B0004:12, B0004:13 and B0004:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver knee airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C2
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C8
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver knee airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C2 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No GO to C3

C3 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver knee airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the harness test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to C4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to C6

C4 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:1A to B0004:13?
Yes GO to C11
No GO to C5

C5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   C2432-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C6 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-21   C2432-1
      C310A-22   C2432-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to C7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C7 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2432-1   C2432-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:13 to B0004:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to C11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to C12

C8 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0004:11 to B0004:13?
Yes GO to C11
No GO to C9

C9 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   Ground
      C2432-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to C12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C10 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2432-1   Ground
      C2432-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No GO to C12

C11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Knee Airbag C2432 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver knee airbag.
REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to C17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Install the driver knee airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to C17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0004:13 or B0004:1A, GO to C13
For DTC B0004:11, GO to C14
For DTC B0004:12, GO to C15

C13 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_02_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17

C14 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16

C15 CHECK THE DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0004:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C16

C16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the driver knee airbag.
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Knee Airbag C2432 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to C17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to C17

C17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Install the driver knee airbag (if previously removed).
    REFER to: Driver Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST D : B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13, B0010:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13 or B0010:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0010:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag stage 1 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0010:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 1 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
D1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:11, B0010:12, B0010:13 or B0010:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D2
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D9
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D11
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is retrieved on-demand, DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D16

D2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_05_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to D13
No GO to D3

D3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_05_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to D4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to D7

D4 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on passenger airbag stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:1A to B0010:13?
Yes GO to D12
No GO to D5

D5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256A-1   C256A-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to D13
No GO to D6

D6 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Measure:
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
    C310A-28 component side C310A-27 component side

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes REPAIR the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits for a short together.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No GO to D13

D7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-27   C256A-1
      C310A-28   C256A-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to D8
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18

D8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256A-1   C256A-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag stage 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved on stage 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:13 to B0010:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to D12
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to D13

D9 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0010:11 to B0010:13?
Yes GO to D12
No GO to D10

D10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256A-1   Ground
      C256A-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to D13
No Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18

D11 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG STAGE 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256A-1   Ground
      C256A-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No GO to D13

D12 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • inspect Passenger Airbag C256A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256A .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to D18
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D16

D13 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256A (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to D18
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0010:13 or B0010:1A, GO to D14
For DTC B0010:11, GO to D15
For DTC B0010:12, GO to D16

D14 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_05_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_05_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18

D15 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17

D16 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 1 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0010:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D17

D17 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256A .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256A and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to D18
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to D18

D18 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST E : B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13, B0011:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13 or B0011:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0011:11 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:12 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag stage 2 circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:13 Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0011:1A Passenger Frontal Stage 2 Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
E1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:11, B0011:12, B0011:13 and B0011:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E2
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E8
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E15

E2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_06_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to E12
No GO to E3

E3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_06_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to E4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to E6

E4 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved on passenger airbag stage 2. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:1A to B0011:13?
Yes GO to E11
No GO to E5

E5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256B-1   C256B-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to E12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E6 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-8   C256B-1
      C310A-7   C256B-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to E7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256B-1   C256B-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag stage 2 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:13 to B0011:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to E11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to E12

E8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved on stage 2. An open circuit fault is also retrieved for passenger airbag stage 1 and the passenger airbag canister vent, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0011:11 to B0011:13?
Yes GO to E11
No GO to E9

E9 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256B-1   Ground
      C256B-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to E12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256B-1   Ground
      C256B-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No GO to E12

E11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to E17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E15

E12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256B (if previously disconnected).
  • Install the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to E17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0011:13 or B0011:1A, GO to E13
For DTC B0011:11, GO to E14
For DTC B0011:12, GO to E15

E13 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL STAGE 2 DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_06_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Gain access to the passenger airbag wiring as necessary.
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_06_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17

E14 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E16

E15 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
    • Remove the glove compartment.
      REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0011:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E16

E16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256B .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256B and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to E17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to E17

E17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST F : B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13, B0013:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger knee airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger knee airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13 or B0013:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger knee airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0013:11 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:12 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger knee airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:13 Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0013:1A Passenger Knee Bolster Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger knee airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger knee airbag
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
F1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:11, B0013:12, B0013:13 and B0013:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F2
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F8
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F15

F2 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_07_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No GO to F3

F3 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_07_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger knee airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to F4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to F6

F4 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:1A to B0013:13?
Yes GO to F11
No GO to F5

F5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   C2433-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F6 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-24   C2433-1
      C310A-23   C2433-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to F7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F7 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C2433-1   C2433-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:13 to B0013:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to F11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to F12

F8 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger knee airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0013:11 to B0013:13?
Yes GO to F11
No GO to F9

F9 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   Ground
      C2433-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to F12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F10 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2433-1   Ground
      C2433-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No GO to F12

F11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger knee airbag.
REFER to: Passenger Knee Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to F17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F15

F12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 (if previously disconnected) .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected) .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to F17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0013:13 or B0013:1A, GO to F13
For DTC B0013:11, GO to F14
For DTC B0013:12, GO to F15

F13 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE BOLSTER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_07_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_02_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17

F14 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16

F15 CHECK THE PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Lower the glove compartment.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0013:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F16

F16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Knee Airbag C2433 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to F17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to F17

F17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST G : B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13, B0050:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM monitors the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted driver seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0050:11 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:12 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:13 Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either driver seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0050:1D Driver Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt buckle
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
G1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0050:11 or B0050:1D, GO to G2
For DTC B0050:12, GO to G4
For DTC B0050:13, GO to G5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to G10

G2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the driver seat position sensor and driver side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0050:11 or B0050:1D to B0050:13?
Yes GO to G8
No For DTC B0050:11, GO to G3
For DTC B0050:1D, GO to G9

G3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3201-5   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to G9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11

G4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3201-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11
No GO to G9

G5 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3201-5   C3201-6
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the driver seat position sensor and driver side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0050:13 to B0050:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to G8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to G6

G6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-54   C3201-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to G7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11

G7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3201-6   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to G9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to G11

G8 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
. GO to G11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G10

G9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to G11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G10

G10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Buckle C3201 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0050:11, B0050:12, B0050:13 or B0050:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0050:11 or B0050:1D, GO to G2
For DTC B0050:12, GO to G4
For DTC B0050:13, GO to G5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to G11

G11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST H : B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13, B0052:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM monitors the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0052:11 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:12 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:13 Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0052:1D Passenger Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt buckle
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
H1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0052:11 or B0052:1D, GO to H2
For DTC B0052:12, GO to H4
For DTC B0052:13, GO to H5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to H10

H2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the passenger seat position sensor and passenger side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0052:11 or B0052:1D to B0052:13?
Yes GO to H8
No For DTC B0052:11, GO to H3
For DTC B0052:1D, GO to H9

H3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-5   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to H9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-5   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11
No GO to H9

H5 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3738-5   C3738-6
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the passenger seat position sensor and passenger side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0052:13 to B0052:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to H8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to H6

H6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-55   C3738-5

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to H7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3738-6   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to H9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to H11

H8 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to H11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H10

H9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to H11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H10

H10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Buckle C3738.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0052:11, B0052:12, B0052:13 or B0052:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0052:11 or B0052:1D, GO to H2
For DTC B0052:12, GO to H4
For DTC B0052:13, GO to H5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to H11

H11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST I : B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 AND B0054:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM monitors the second row center seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted seatbelt buckle switch

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0054:11 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0054:12 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0054:13 Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuit.
RCM B0054:1D Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM senses current out of an acceptable range between the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuits.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Center rear seatbelt buckle
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
I1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0054:11 or B0054:1D, GO to I2
For DTC B0054:12, GO to I4
For DTC B0054:13, GO to I5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to I10

I2 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the center rear seatbelt buckle switch disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the center rear seat position sensor and center rear side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0054:11 or B0054:1D to B0054:13?
Yes GO to I8
No For DTC B0054:11, GO to I3
For DTC B0054:1D, GO to I9

I3 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to I9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I4 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11
No GO to I9

I5 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3559-1   C3559-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the center rear seatbelt buckle switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved. Due to the inline connector being disconnected, a fault is also normally retrieved for the center rear seat position sensor and center rear side airbag circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0054:13 to B0054:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to I8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to I6

I6 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-28   C3559-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to I7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I7 CHECK THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3559-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to I9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to I11

I8 CONFIRM THE CENTER REAR SEATBELT BUCKLE SWITCH FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new center rear seatbelt buckle.
REFER to: Second Row Center Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to I11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I10

I9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to I11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I10

I10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Center Seatbelt Sensor C3559.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0054:11, B0054:12, B0054:13 or B0054:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0054:11 or B0054:1D, GO to I2
For DTC B0054:12, GO to I4
For DTC B0054:13, GO to I5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to I11

I11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST J : B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13, B0070:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13 or B0070:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0070:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0070:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
J1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:11, B0070:12, B0070:13 and B0070:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J2
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J8
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J15

J2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_29_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to J12
No GO to J3

J3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_29_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to J4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to J6

J4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:1A to B0070:13?
Yes GO to J11
No GO to J5

J5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065-1   C3065-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to J12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-9   C3065-1
      C310B-10   C3065-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to J7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3065-1   C3065-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:13 to B0070:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to J11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to J12

J8 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0070:11 to B0070:13?
Yes GO to J11
No GO to J9

J9 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065-1   Ground
      C3065-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to J12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J10 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3065-1   Ground
      C3065-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No GO to J12

J11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt anchor pretensioner.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to J17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J15

J12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to J17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0070:13 or B0070:1A, GO to J13
For DTC B0070:11, GO to J14
For DTC B0070:12, GO to J15

J13 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_29_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_29_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17

J14 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J16

J15 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0070:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J16

J16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3065 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to J17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to J17

J17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST K : B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13, B0072:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13 or B0072:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0072:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0072:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "A" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
K1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:11, B0072:12, B0072:13 and B0072:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K2
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K8
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K15

K2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_30_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No GO to K3

K3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_30_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to K4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to K6

K4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:1A to B0072:13?
Yes GO to K11
No GO to K5

K5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3066-1   C3066-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-4   C3066-1
      C310B-3   C3066-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to K7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3066-1   C3066-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:13 to B0072:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to K11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to K12

K8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0072:11 to B0072:13?
Yes GO to K11
No GO to K9

K9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3066-1   Ground
      C3066-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to K12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3066-1   Ground
      C3066-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No GO to K12

K11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt anchor pretensioner.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to K17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K15

K12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to K17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0072:13 or B0072:1A, GO to K13
For DTC B0072:11, GO to K14
For DTC B0072:12, GO to K15

K13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_30_RES) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_30_RES (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17

K14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16

K15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT ANCHOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0072:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K16

K16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Anchor Pretensioner C3066 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to K17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to K17

K17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST L : B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13, B007E:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13 or B007E:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B007E:11 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:12 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:13 Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007E:1A Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
L1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:11, B007E:12, B007E:13 or B007E:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L2
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L8
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L15

L2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_23_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No GO to L3

L3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_23_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to L4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to L6

L4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:1A to B007E:13?
Yes GO to L11
No GO to L5

L5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C323-1   C323-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-52   C323-1
      C310B-51   C323-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to L7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C323-1   C323-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:13 to B007E:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to L11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to L12

L8 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007E:11 to B007E:13?
Yes GO to L11
No GO to L9

L9 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C323-1   Ground
      C323-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to L12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L10 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C323-1   Ground
      C323-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No GO to L12

L11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seatbelt retractor.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to L17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L15

L12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to L17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007E:13 or B007E:1A, GO to L13
For DTC B007E:11, GO to L14
For DTC B007E:12, GO to L15

L13 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_23_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_23_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17

L14 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16

L15 CHECK THE DRIVER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007E:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L16

L16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C323 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to L17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to L17

L17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
    Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST M : B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13, B007F:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13 or B007F:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B007F:11 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:12 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:13 Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance range between passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.
RCM B007F:1A Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner "C" Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance range between passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for approximately 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
M1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:11, B007F:12, B007F:13 or B007F:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M2
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M8
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M15

M2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_24_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No GO to M3

M3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_24_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to M4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to M6

M4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:1A to B007F:13?
Yes GO to M11
No GO to M5

M5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303-1   C303-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-49   C303-1
      C310B-50   C303-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to M7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C303-1   C303-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:13 to B007F:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to M11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to M12

M8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B007F:11 to B007F:13?
Yes GO to M11
No GO to M9

M9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303-1   Ground
      C303-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to M12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C303-1   Ground
      C303-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No GO to M12

M11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt retractor.
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to M17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M15

M12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to M17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B007F:13 or B007F:1A, GO to M13
For DTC B007F:11, GO to M14
For DTC B007F:12, GO to M15

M13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_24_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_24_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16
No DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17

M14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16

M15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B007F:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M16

M16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C303 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to M17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to M17

M17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST N : B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13, B0082:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger seatbelt load limiter

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13 or B0082:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger seatbelt load limiter
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B0082:11 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger seatbelt load limiter circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:12 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger seatbelt load limiter circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:13 Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B0082:1A Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seatbelt load limiter
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
N1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:11, B0082:12, B0082:13 and B0082:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N2
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N8
For DTC B0082:12, GO to N10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N14
For DTC B0082:12, GO to N15

N2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_26_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No GO to N3

N3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_26_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wiring harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wiring harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to N4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to N6

N4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:1A to B0082:13?
Yes GO to N11
No GO to N5

N5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3202-1   C3202-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-17   C3202-1
      C310B-18   C3202-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to N7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3202-1   C3202-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:13 to B0082:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to N11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to N12

N8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seatbelt load limiter disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B0082:11 to B0082:13?
Yes GO to N11
No GO to N9

N9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3202-1   Ground
      C3202-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to N12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3202-1   Ground
      C3202-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No GO to N12

N11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seatbelt retractor (includes load limiter).
REFER to: Front Seatbelt Retractor and Pretensioner (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to N17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N14

N12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to N17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B0082:13 or B0082:1A, GO to N13
For DTC B0082:11, GO to N14
For DTC B0082:12, GO to N15

N13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_26_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_26_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17

N14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16

N15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEATBELT LOAD LIMITER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wiring harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B0082:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N16

N16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Seatbelt Load Limiter C3202 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to N17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to N17

N17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST O : B00A0:09, B00A0:63, B00A0:64, B00A0:68

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM is in constant communication with various control modules on the HS-CAN. One of those modules is the OCSM. The RCM continuously monitors the HS-CAN for fault messages reported by the OCSM. The RCM also checks for the correct identification of the OCSM. If the RCM receives fault message(s) from the OCSM, it stores DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:4A, B00A0:63, B00A0:64 or B00A0:68 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00A0:09 Occupant Classification System: Component Failures A fault is indicated when the RCM receives a message from the OCSM that a fault exists within the OCS.
RCM B00A0:63 Occupant Classification System: Circuit/Component Protection Time-Out A fault is indicated when the RCM receives 8 or more invalid states from the OCSM.
RCM B00A0:64 Occupant Classification System: Signal Plausibility Failure A fault is indicated when the RCM receives messages containing upper or lower data limits other than limits stored in memory.
RCM B00A0:68 Occupant Classification System: Event Information A fault is indicated when the RCM receives a message from the OCSM that indicates an OCS fault is present.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • OCSM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
O1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:4A, B00A0:63, B00A0:64 or B00A0:68 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00A0:09, B00A0:63 or B00A0:68, RETRIEVE Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) from the OCSM and DIAGNOSE those Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the OCSM DTC chart in this section.
For DTC B00A0:4A or B00A0:64, GO to O2
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to O5

O2 VERIFY THE OCSM (OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the OCSM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the parts catalog and verify the correct OCSM is present in the vehicle.

Is the correct OCSM installed?
Yes GO to O3
No INSTALL the correct OCSM.
REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles With: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Occupant Classification System (OCS) Sensor - Vehicles Without: Multi-Contour Seats (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O5

O3 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) PART NUMBER
  • Using the Log Viewer function of the diagnostic scan tool, retrieve and record the RCM part number.
  • Check the part number recorded against the number listed in the parts catalog and verify the correct RCM is present in the vehicle.

Is the correct RCM installed?
Yes GO to O4
No INSTALL the correct RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O5

O4 VERIFY THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) CONFIGURATION
  • Carry out PMI for the RCM. Manually enter As-Built data. Refer to the diagnostic scan tool instructions when carrying out PMI.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00A0:4A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to O5
No The fault is corrected. GO to O5

O5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST P : B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13, B00B5:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver seat position sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted driver seat position sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 or B00B5:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00B5:11 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:12 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:13 Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00B5:1D Driver Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the driver seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver seat position sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
P1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 and B00B5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D, GO to P2
For DTC B00B5:12, GO to P4
For DTC B00B5:13, GO to P5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to P10

P2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seat position sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D to B00B5:13?
Yes GO to P8
No For DTC B00B5:11, GO to P3
For DTC B00B5:1D, GO to P9

P3 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to P9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11

P4 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 .
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11
No GO to P9

P5 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 .
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C356-2   C356-1
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver seat position sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00B5:13 to B00B5:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to P8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to P6

P6 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-41   C356-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to P7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11

P7 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C356-1   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to P9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to P11

P8 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect . Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 (if previously disconnected)
  • Connect . Driver Seat Position Sensor C356
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver seat position sensor.
REFER to: Seat Position Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P10

P9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C3333 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to P11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P10

P10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Seat Position Sensor C356.
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00B5:11, B00B5:12, B00B5:13 and B00B5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00B5:11 or B00B5:1D, GO to P2
For DTC B00B5:12, GO to P4
For DTC B00B5:13, GO to P5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to P11

P11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Q : B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13, B00C5:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger seat position sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted passenger seat position sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 or B00C5:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00C5:11 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:12 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:13 Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B00C5:1D Passenger Seat Track Position Restraints Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the passenger seat position sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger seat position sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Q1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 and B00C5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D, GO to Q2
For DTC B00C5:12, GO to Q4
For DTC B00C5:13, GO to Q5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to Q10

Q2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seat position sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D to B00C5:13?
Yes GO to Q8
No For DTC B00C5:11, GO to Q3
For DTC B00C5:1D, GO to Q9

Q3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3240-2   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Q9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3240-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11
No GO to Q9

Q5 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3240-2   C3240-1
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger seat position sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00C5:13 to B00C5:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Q8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Q6

Q6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-58   C3240-2

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Q7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3240-1   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to Q9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Q11

Q8 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger seat position sensor.
REFER to: Seat Position Sensor (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Q11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q10

Q9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Q11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q10

Q10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Seat Position Sensor C3240 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00C5:11, B00C5:12, B00C5:13 and B00C5:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00C5:11 or B00C5:1D, GO to Q2
For DTC B00C5:12, GO to Q4
For DTC B00C5:13, GO to Q5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Q11

Q11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST R : PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FAULTS

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00D5:01 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: General Electrical Failure The RCM has received a fault message from the FCIM indicating a fault in the PAD indicator.
RCM B1202:01 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: General Electrical Failure The RCM has received a fault message from the FCIM indicating a fault in the PAD indicator.

Possible Sources

  • FCIM indicator
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
R1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DIAGNOSE and REPAIR all other SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) first. REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No INSTALL a new FCIM. Refer to the appropriate section in Group 416 for the procedure.

PINPOINT TEST S : B00D5:11, B00D5:12, B00D5:13

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The PAD indicator is part of the overhead console and cannot be serviced separately.

The RCM briefly activates each LED in the PAD indicator to prove-out and verify correct functional operation of the PAD indicator to the occupants.

The RCM monitors the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted PAD indicator

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B00D5:11, B00D5:12 or B00D5:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B00D5:11 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit.
RCM B00D5:12 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit.
RCM B00D5:13 Restraint System Passenger Disable Indicator: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on the PAD indicator "OFF" LED circuit. An open on the ignition voltage supply circuit to the PAD indicator also sets this DTC.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • PAD indicator
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
S1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00D5:11, B00D5:12 or B00D5:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00D5:11, GO to S2
For DTC B00D5:12, GO to S8
For DTC B00D5:13, GO to S4
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to S11

S2 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'OFF' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to S10
No GO to S3

S3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to S10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to S12

S4 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'OFF' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   C310A-20

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to S5
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to S12

S5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT AT THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FOR VOLTAGE
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-7   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes GO to S7
No GO to S6

S6 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT TO THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-6   C930-7

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test. For any BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the BCM DTC chart in this section. If no BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are retrieved, replace the BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.

S7 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-20   Ground
  • Ignition ON.
  • Monitor the PAD indicator.

Does the PAD indicator 'OFF' LED illuminate?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to S10
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire, INSTALL a new PAD indicator and GO to S12

S8 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'OFF' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-8   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to S12
No GO to S9

S9 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the PAD indicator disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved for the 'ON' LED and the 'OFF' LED control circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00D5:12 to B00D5:13?
Yes INSTALL a new PAD indicator. GO to S12
No GO to S10

S10 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Connect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to S12
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to S11

S11 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect: PAD Indicator C930 (if previously disconnected).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00D5:11, B00D5:12 or B00D5:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00D5:11, GO to S2
For DTC B00D5:12, GO to S8
For DTC B00D5:13, GO to S4
No CHECK for causes of intermittent open, short to ground or short to voltage on the PAD indicator circuit. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to S12

S12 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST T : B1193:00

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1193:00 Crash Event Storage Full and Locked: No Sub Type Information This DTC sets due to the vehicle being in a crash.

Possible Sources

  • A crash has occurred
T1 CHECK FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test.

Did the DTC return?
Yes
REFER to: Inspection and Repair after a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Deployment (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
GO to T2
No The system is operating correctly at this time. GO to T2

T2 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST U : B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13, B11CF:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger airbag adaptive canister vent

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger airbag adaptive canister vent
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B11CF:11 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:12 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:13 Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B11CF:1A Passenger Frontal Airbag Canister Vent: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger airbag adaptive canister vent
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es)
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
U1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:11, B11CF:12, B11CF:13 and B11CF:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U2
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U8
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U15

U2 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_08_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to U12
No GO to U3

U3 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_08_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to U4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to U6

U4 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:1A to B11CF:13?
Yes GO to U11
No GO to U5

U5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256C-1   C256C-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to U12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U6 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-12   C256C-1
      C310A-11   C256C-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to U7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U7 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C256C-1   C256C-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:13 to B11CF:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to U11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to U12

U8 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger airbag adaptive canister vent disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved. An open circuit fault is also retrieved on passenger airbag stages 1 and 2, due to the passenger airbag connector being disconnected.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B11CF:11 to B11CF:13?
Yes GO to U11
No GO to U9

U9 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256C-1   Ground
      C256C-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to U12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U10 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C256C-1   Ground
      C256C-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No GO to U12

U11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256C and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger airbag (includes canister vent).
REFER to: Passenger Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to U17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U15

U12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Airbag C256C (if previously disconnected).
  • Install the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to U17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B11CF:13 or B11CF:1A, GO to U13
For DTC B11CF:11, GO to U14
For DTC B11CF:12, GO to U15

U13 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONTAL AIRBAG CAN VENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_08_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_08_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17

U14 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U16

U15 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ADAPTIVE CANISTER VENT DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Remove the glove compartment.
    REFER to: Glove Compartment (501-12 Instrument Panel and Console, Removal and Installation).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B11CF:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U16

U16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Airbag C256C .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Airbag C256C and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to U17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to U17

U17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST V : B11D8:01, B11D8:11, B11D8:12, B11D8:13

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM transmits an event notification signal which communicates crash status and SRS deployment status to the BCM. When the BCM receives an event notification signal which indicates a crash, it initiates fuel cut-off.

The RCM monitors the event notification signal circuit for the following faults:

  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Open circuit

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 in memory. The airbag warning indicator does not illuminate if B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 is set.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B11D8:11 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B11D8:12 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
RCM B11D8:13 Restraint Event Notification: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on the event notification signal circuit for more than 15 seconds.
BCM B11D8:01 Restraint Event Notification: General Electrical Failure The BCM sets this DTC when there is a fault with the ENS (Event Notification system).

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • BCM
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Install new components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
V1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

  WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.


  • REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B11D8:11, GO to V3
For DTC B11D8:12, GO to V5
For DTC B11D8:13, GO to V2
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to V8

V2 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-42   C2280E-49

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to V3
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to V9

V3 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-49   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to V4
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to V9

V4 CONFIRM THE BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) OR RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:11 or B11D8:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation). CLEAR the RCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and REPEAT the RCM self-test.
If DTC B11D8:11 or B11D8:13 returns, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to V9
If DTC B11D8:11 or B11D8:13 does not return, GO to V9
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to V8

V5 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes GO to V6
No CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
GO to V9

V6 CHECK THE EVENT NOTIFICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-49   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to V9
No GO to V7

V7 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS electrical connectors and the BCM electrical connector are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to V9
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to V8

V8 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect BCM C2280E .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect BCM C2280E .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the RCM self-test to retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Was DTC B11D8:11, B11D8:12 or B11D8:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during the self-test.
For DTC B11D8:11, GO to V3
For DTC B11D8:12, GO to V5
For DTC B11D8:13, GO to V2
No CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Only install SRS components when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent concerns found. GO to V9

V9 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform the Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST W : B1202:11, B1202:12, B1202:13

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The PAD indicator is part of the overhead console and cannot be serviced separately.

The RCM briefly activates each LED in the PAD indicator to prove-out and verify correct functional operation of the PAD indicator to the occupants.

The RCM monitors the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted PAD indicator

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1202:11, B1202:12 or B1202:13 in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1202:11 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit.
RCM B1202:12 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit.
RCM B1202:13 Restraint System Passenger Enable Indicator: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on the PAD indicator "ON" LED circuit. An open on the ignition voltage supply circuit to the PAD indicator also sets this DTC.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • PAD indicator
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
W1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00D5:11, B00D5:12 or B00D5:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00D5:11, GO to W2
For DTC B00D5:12, GO to W8
For DTC B00D5:13, GO to W4
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to W11

W2 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'ON' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to W10
No GO to W3

W3 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FOR LOW RESISTANCE
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to W10
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W12

W4 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'ON' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-13   C930-9

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to W5
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W12

W5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT AT THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR FOR VOLTAGE
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-7   Ground

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes GO to W7
No GO to W6

W6 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUIT TO THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C2280E-6   C930-7

Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
Yes Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform BCM self-test. For any BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), REFER to the BCM DTC chart in this section. If no BCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are retrieved, replace the BCM.
REFER to: Body Control Module (BCM) (419-10 Multifunction Electronic Modules, Removal and Installation).
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.

W7 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310A-13   Ground
  • Ignition ON.
  • Monitor the PAD indicator.

Does the PAD indicator 'ON' LED illuminate?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to W10
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire, INSTALL a new PAD indicator and GO to W12

W8 CHECK THE PAD (PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION) INDICATOR 'ON' LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Disconnect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C930-9   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to W12
No GO to W9

W9 CHECK THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the PAD indicator disconnected, open circuit faults are normally retrieved for the 'ON' LED and the 'ON' LED control circuits.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B00D5:12 to B00D5:13?
Yes INSTALL a new PAD indicator. GO to W12
No GO to W10

W10 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect: PAD Indicator C930.
  • Connect: RCM C310A and C310B.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to W12
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W11

W11 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect: PAD Indicator C930 (if previously disconnected).
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B00D5:11, B00D5:12 or B00D5:13 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B00D5:11, GO to W2
For DTC B00D5:12, GO to W8
For DTC B00D5:13, GO to W4
No CHECK for causes of intermittent open, short to ground or short to voltage on the PAD indicator circuit. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to W12

W12 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST X : B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13, B1404:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13 or B1404:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1404:11 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:12 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:13 Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1404:1A Driver Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver side airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
X1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:11, B1404:12, B1404:13 and B1404:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X2
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X8
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X15

X2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_10_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No GO to X3

X3 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_10_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver side airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to X4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to X6

X4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:1A to B1404:13?
Yes GO to X11
No GO to X5

X5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C367-1   C367-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X6 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-40   C367-1
      C310B-39   C367-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to X7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C367-1   C367-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:13 to B1404:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to X11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to X12

X8 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1404:11 to B1404:13?
Yes GO to X11
No GO to X9

X9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C367-1   Ground
      C367-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to X12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C367-1   Ground
      C367-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No GO to X12

X11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the driver seat backrest harness for damage.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new driver side airbag.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to X17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X15

X12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Airbag (Inline). C367 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. For vehicles equipped with the police package,
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to X17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1404:13 or B1404:1A, GO to X13
For DTC B1404:11, GO to X14
For DTC B1404:12, GO to X15

X13 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_10_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_10_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently. Record the resistance value indicated by the PID.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17

X14 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16

X15 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1404:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X16

X16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Airbag (Inline) C367 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C367 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to X17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to X17

X17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Y : B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13, B1405:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the driver side curtain airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted driver side curtain airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13 or B1405:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Driver side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1405:11 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either driver side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:12 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either driver side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:13 Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the driver side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1405:1A Driver Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the driver side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Driver side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Y1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:11, B1405:12, B1405:13 and B1405:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the Driver side curtain airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y2
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y8
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the driver side curtain airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y15

Y2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_11_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No GO to Y3

Y3 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_11_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the driver side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to Y4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to Y6

Y4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:1A to B1405:13?
Yes GO to Y11
No GO to Y5

Y5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3321-1   C3321-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y6 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-13   C3321-1
      C310B-14   C3321-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Y7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3321-1   C3321-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side curtain airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:13 to B1405:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Y11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Y12

Y8 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the driver side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1405:11 to B1405:13?
Yes GO to Y11
No GO to Y9

Y9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3321-1   Ground
      C3321-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Y12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y10 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3321-1   Ground
      C3321-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No GO to Y12

Y11 CONFIRM THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new driver side curtain airbag.
REFER to: Side Curtain Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Y17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y15

Y12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Y17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1405:13 or B1405:1A, GO to Y13
For DTC B1405:11, GO to Y14
For DTC B1405:12, GO to Y15

Y13 CHECK THE DRIVER CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_11_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_11_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17

Y14 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16

Y15 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1405:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y16

Y16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Driver Side Air Curtain C3321 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Y17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Y17

Y17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST Z : B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13, B1407:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger side airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger side airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13 or B1407:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger side airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1407:11 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:12 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger side airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:13 Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1407:1A Passenger Side Airbag Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger side airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger side airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Z1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:11, B1407:12, B1407:13 and B1407:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z2
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z8
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z15

Z2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_13_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No GO to Z3

Z3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_13_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger side airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to Z4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to Z6

Z4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:1A to B1407:13?
Yes GO to Z11
No GO to Z5

Z5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3309-1   C3309-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-37   C3309-1
      C310B-38   C3309-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to Z7
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3309-1   C3309-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:13 to B1407:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Z11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to Z12

Z8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1407:11 to B1407:13?
Yes GO to Z11
No GO to Z9

Z9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3309-1   Ground
      C3309-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to Z12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3309-1   Ground
      C3309-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No GO to Z12

Z11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3309 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes REMOVE and INSPECT the driver seat backrest harness for damage.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation). If a concern is found, REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
If a concern is not found, INSTALL a new passenger side airbag.
REFER to: Side Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Z17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z15

Z12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to Z17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1407:13 or B1407:1A, GO to Z13
For DTC B1407:11, GO to Z14
For DTC B1407:12, GO to Z15

Z13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_13_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_13_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17

Z14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16

Z15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1407:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z16

Z16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Airbag (Inline) C3309 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Inline C3309 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to Z17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to Z17

Z17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AA : B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13, B1408:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the passenger side curtain airbag circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted passenger side curtain airbag

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13 or B1408:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Passenger side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1408:11 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either passenger side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:12 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either passenger side curtain airbag circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:13 Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the passenger side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1408:1A Passenger Side Curtain Deployment Control 1: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the passenger side curtain airbag circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Passenger side curtain airbag
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AA1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:11, B1408:12, B1408:13 and B1408:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side curtain airbag Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA2
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA8
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the passenger side curtain airbag Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA15

AA2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_14_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to AA12
No GO to AA3

AA3 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_14_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the passenger side curtain airbag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to AA4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to AA6

AA4 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:1A to B1408:13?
Yes GO to AA11
No GO to AA5

AA5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3329-1   C3329-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AA12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA6 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-16   C3329-1
      C310B-15   C3329-2

Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AA7
No REPAIR the circuits.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA7 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3329-1   C3329-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side curtain airbag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:13 to B1408:1A?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AA11
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AA12

AA8 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the passenger side curtain airbag disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1408:11 to B1408:13?
Yes GO to AA11
No GO to AA9

AA9 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3329-1   Ground
      C3329-2   Ground

Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AA12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA10 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3329-1   Ground
      C3329-2   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No GO to AA12

AA11 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger side air curtain.
REFER to: Side Curtain Airbag (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AA17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA15

AA12 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AA17
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
For DTC B1408:13 or B1408:1A, GO to AA13
For DTC B1408:11, GO to AA14
For DTC B1408:12, GO to AA15

AA13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL 1 RESISTANCE (DEPLOY_14_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) FOR AN INTERMITTENT LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_14_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA16
No DEPOWER the SRS.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17

AA14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:11 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA16

AA15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR CURTAIN DEPLOYMENT CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness frequently.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1408:12 retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA16

AA16 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Inspect Passenger Side Air Curtain C3329 and make sure the Connector Position Assurance (CPA) tabs are not broken and the clip is not damaged.

Were any concerns found?
Yes REPAIR as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AA17
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AA17

AA17 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AB : B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13, B140C:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted second row left seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 or B140C:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140C:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140C:1D Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged rear seatbelt buckle assembly.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AB1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 and B140C:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140C:11 or B140C:1D, GO to AB2
For DTC B140C:12, GO to AB4
For DTC B140C:13, GO to AB5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AB10

AB2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row left seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140C:11 or B140C:1D to B140C:13?
Yes GO to AB8
No For DTC B140C:11, GO to AB3
For DTC B140C:1D, GO to AB9

AB3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3802-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AB9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11

AB4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3802-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11
No GO to AB9

AB5 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3802-1   C3802-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row left seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140C:13 to B140C:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AB8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AB6

AB6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-57   C3802-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AB7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11

AB7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3802-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AB9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AB11

AB8 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new rear seatbelt buckle assembly (includes second row left seatbelt buckle and sensor).
REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Buckle - Police (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
, GO to AB11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB10

AB9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wiring harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AB11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB10

AB10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Assembly C3802 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wiring harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) / connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, carry out RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140C:11, B140C:12, B140C:13 and B140C:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140C:11 or B140C:1D, GO to AB2
For DTC B140C:12, GO to AB4
For DTC B140C:13, GO to AB5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AB11

AB11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AC : B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13, B140D:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 or B140D:1D in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140D:11 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:12 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:13 Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140D:1D Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged second row passenger side seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AC1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 and B140D:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140D:11 or B140D:1D, GO to AC2
For DTC B140D:12, GO to AC4
For DTC B140D:13, GO to AC5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AC10

AC2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140D:11 or B140D:1D to B140D:13?
Yes GO to AC8
No For DTC B140D:11, GO to AC3
For DTC B140D:1D, GO to AC9

AC3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3804-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AC9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11

AC4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3804-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11
No GO to AC9

AC5 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C3804-1   C3804-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140D:13 to B140D:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AC8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AC6

AC6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-56   C3804-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AC7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11

AC7 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3804-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AC9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AC11

AC8 CONFIRM THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new passenger side second row seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor).
REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
or REFER to: Second Row Seatbelt Buckle - Police (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AC11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC10

AC9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AC11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC10

AC10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle C3804 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140D:11, B140D:12, B140D:13 and B140D:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140D:11 or B140D:1D, GO to AC2
For DTC B140D:12, GO to AC4
For DTC B140D:13, GO to AC5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AC11

AC11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AD : B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13, B140E:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13 or B140E:1D in memory. A faulted third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor or a fault on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits does not illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140E:11 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140E:12 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140E:13 Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140E:1D Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged third row passenger side seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AD1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13 and B140E:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the third row LH seatbelt buckle sensor Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140E:11 or B140E:1D, GO to AD2
For DTC B140E:12, GO to AD4
For DTC B140E:13, GO to AD5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AD10

AD2 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140E:11 or B140E:1D to B140E:13?
Yes GO to AD8
No For DTC B140E:11, GO to AD3
For DTC B140E:1D, GO to AD9

AD3 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4539-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AD9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD4 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4539-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11
No GO to AD9

AD5 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C4539-1   C4539-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the third row driver side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140E:13 to B140E:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AD8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AD6

AD6 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-27   C4539-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AD7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD7 CHECK THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4539-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AD9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AD11

AD8 CONFIRM THE THIRD ROW DRIVER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new third row driver side seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor)
REFER to: Third Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AD11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD10

AD9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AD11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD10

AD10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Driver Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4539 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140E:11, B140E:12, B140E:13 and B140E:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140E:11 or B140E:1D, GO to AD2
For DTC B140E:12, GO to AD4
For DTC B140E:13, GO to AD5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AD11

AD11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AE : B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13, B140F:1D

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuits for the following faults:

  • Open circuit
  • Short to voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Current out of range
  • Faulted third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13 or B140F:1D in memory. A faulted third row LH seatbelt buckle sensor or a fault on the third row LH seatbelt buckle sensor circuits does not illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B140F:11 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140F:12 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140F:13 Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM senses an open on either third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B140F:1D Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Sensor: Circuit Current Out Of Range A fault is indicated when the RCM measures current outside of an acceptable range on the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor circuit for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor
  • RCM

Visual Inspection and Pre-checks

  • Inspect for a damaged third row passenger side seatbelt buckle.
  • Inspect for damaged wiring harness(es).
  • Inspect for loose or damaged connectors.
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a multi-meter.
AE1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13 and B140F:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140F:11 or B140F:1D, GO to AE2
For DTC B140F:12, GO to AE4
For DTC B140F:13, GO to AE5
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only. GO to AE10

AE2 CHECK THE THIRD ROW RH (RIGHT-HAND) SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (SHORT TO GROUND OR CURRENT OUT OF RANGE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Disconnect Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the third row passenger side seatbelt buckle sensor disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140F:11 or B140F:1D to B140F:13?
Yes GO to AE8
No For DTC B140F:11, GO to AE3
For DTC B140F:1D, GO to AE9

AE3 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4540-1   Ground

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AE9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11

AE4 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4540-1   Ground

Is any voltage present?
Yes REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11
No GO to AE9

AE5 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (OPEN INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Connect a fused jumper wire:
    Click to display connectors
    Lead 1 Measurement / Action Lead 2
      C4540-1   C4540-2
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the third row RH seatbelt buckle sensor circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B140F:13 to B140F:11?
Yes REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AE8
No REMOVE the fused jumper wire and GO to AE6

AE6 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C310B-59   C4540-1

Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Yes GO to AE7
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11

AE7 CHECK THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C4540-2   Ground

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?
Yes GO to AE9
No REPAIR the circuit.
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AE11

AE8 CONFIRM THE THIRD ROW PASSENGER SIDE SEATBELT BUCKLE SENSOR FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes INSTALL a new third row passenger side seatbelt buckle (includes buckle sensor)
REFER to: Third Row Seatbelt Buckle (501-20A Seatbelt Systems, Removal and Installation).
GO to AE11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE10

AE9 CONFIRM THE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) FAULT

NOTE: Make sure all SRS components and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the self-test. If not, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) will be recorded.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Prior to reconnecting any previously disconnected SRS component:
    • inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for pushed-out, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • inspect wire harness for any damaged, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect RCM C310A and C310B (if previously disconnected).
  • Connect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was the original DTC retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes CHECK OASIS for any applicable service articles: TSB, GSB, SSM or FSA. If a service article exists for this concern, DISCONTINUE this test and FOLLOW the service article instructions. If no service articles address this concern, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to: Restraints Control Module (RCM) (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Removal and Installation).
GO to AE11
No In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE10

AE10 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Third Row Passenger Side Seatbelt Buckle Sensor C4540 .
    • Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
    • Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
    • Inspect RCM C310A and C310B Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lever/lock for correct operation.
    • Repair any concerns found.
      Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
  • Connect all previously disconnected component(s) and connector(s).
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B140F:11, B140F:12, B140F:13 and B140F:1D retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
For DTC B140F:11 or B140F:1D, GO to AE2
For DTC B140F:12, GO to AE4
For DTC B140F:13, GO to AE5
No The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. Install SRS components only when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. GO to AE11

AE11 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Connect all previously disconnected SRS components.
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • NOTE: When selecting Restraints from the Self Test menu, DTCs are retrieved from the RCM and OCSM. Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform Restraints self-test.

Are any RCM or OCSM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes Do not clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) until all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) have been resolved. DIAGNOSE and REPAIR the SRS Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). REFER to the DTC Chart in this section.
No The repair is complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.

PINPOINT TEST AF : B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13, B1410:1A

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 46 for schematic and connector information.

Normal Operation and Fault Conditions

REFER to: Airbag and Seatbelt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - System Operation and Component Description (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, Description and Operation).

The RCM continuously monitors the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for the following faults:

  • Resistance out of range
  • Unexpected voltage
  • Short to ground
  • Faulted second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner

If a fault is detected, the RCM stores DTC B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13 or B1410:1A in memory and sends a message to the IPC to illuminate the airbag warning indicator.

The RCM analyzes the deployment loop resistance to determine if a fault exists. The value displayed in the PID is the deployment loop resistance measured by the RCM. If the value displayed is lower or higher than the desired range (refer to diagram below), the RCM can set a DTC. As the deployment loop resistance drifts farther outside the desired range, the chance for a DTC increases. Small variations in resistance can occur due to the effect of road vibrations on terminal fit. Crimps and terminals can be affected by stress and harness movement and can cause an increase in resistance due to wire strain. These variables can result in an intermittent fault. For this reason, the test requires the PID value to be within the desired range before the fault is considered repaired, regardless if the module is reporting an on-demand DTC at the time of diagnosis. Following this direction helps make sure that minor changes in resistance do not create a repeat concern. This test uses process of elimination to diagnose each part of the deployment loop circuit including:

  • Wiring
  • Connections
  • Second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  • 1 - May set DTC
  • 2 - Desired range

DTC Fault Trigger Conditions

DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition
RCM B1410:11 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Ground A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to ground on either second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:12 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Short To Battery A fault is indicated when the RCM senses a short to voltage on either second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuit for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:13 Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Open A fault is indicated when the RCM measures more than the desired resistance between the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.
RCM B1410:1A Second Row Driver Side Seatbelt Pretensioner Deployment Control: Circuit Resistance Below Threshold A fault is indicated when the RCM measures less than the desired resistance between the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits for more than 6 seconds.

Possible Sources

  • Wiring, terminals or connectors
  • Second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner
  • RCM
  WARNING: Incorrect repair techniques or actions can cause an accidental Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) deployment. Never compromise or depart from these instructions. Failure to precisely follow all instructions could result in serious personal injury from an accidental deployment.
NOTICE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may cause damage to the connector.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: Only disconnect or reconnect SRS components when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: Always make sure the correct SRS component is being installed. Parts released for other vehicles may not be compatible even if they appear physically similar. Check the part number listed in the Ford parts catalog to make sure the correct component is being installed. If an incorrect SRS component is installed, Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) may set.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
AF1 RETRIEVE RCM (RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)
  •   WARNING: Before beginning any service procedure in this section, refer to Safety Warnings in section 100-00 General Information. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
    REFER to: Pyrotechnic Device Health and Safety Precautions (100-00 General Information, Description and Operation).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.

Was DTC B1410:11, B1410:12, B1410:13 and B1410:1A retrieved on-demand during self-test?
Yes This fault cannot be cleared until it is corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved on-demand during self-test.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AF2
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AF8
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AF10
No This is an intermittent fault when present as a CMDTC only.
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is also retrieved on-demand, GO to Pinpoint Test BA
If DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17 is not retrieved on-demand during self-test, DIAGNOSE the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner Continuous Memory Diagnostic Trouble Codes (CMDTCs).
For DTC B1410:13 or B1410:1A, GO to AF13
For DTC B1410:11, GO to AF14
For DTC B1410:12, GO to AF15

AF2 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION)
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_22_R (mOhm)  PID

  • Monitor and record the value of the PID.

Does the PID value read between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No GO to AF3

AF3 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL (DEPLOY_22_R) PID (PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION) WHILE CARRYING OUT THE HARNESS TEST
  • Access the  RCM  and monitor the  DEPLOY_22_R (mOhm)  PID

  • While monitoring the PID, carry out the harness test of the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by wiggling and flexing the wire harness and connectors frequently.

Does the PID value stay between 1.7 and 2.98 ohms while carrying out the wiggle test?
Yes DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed.
REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures). Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17
No For PID value less than 1.7 ohms, GO to AF4
For PID value greater than 2.98 ohms, GO to AF6

AF4 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DEPLOYMENT CONTROL DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE) FOR A FAULT STATUS CHANGE (LOW RESISTANCE INDICATED)

NOTE: This pinpoint test step attempts to change the fault reported by the RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the reported fault changes, this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the fault.

  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Repowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Ignition ON.
  • Using a diagnostic scan tool, perform RCM self-test.
  • DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) with the second row driver side rear seatbelt retractor pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault is normally retrieved.

Did the on-demand DTC change from B1410:1A to B1410:13?
Yes GO to AF11
No GO to AF5

AF5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B .
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action Negative Lead
      C3646-1   C3646-2

Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
Yes GO to AF12
No REPAIR the circuit(s).
Refer to Wiring Diagrams Cell 5 for schematic and connector information.
GO to AF17

AF6 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE REAR SEATBELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
  • Ignition OFF.
  • Depower the SRS.
    REFER to: Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering (501-20B Supplemental Restraint System, General Procedures).
  • Disconnect Second Row Driver Side Rear Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner C3646 .
  • Disconnect RCM C310A and C310B . Disconnect
  • Measure:
    Click to display connectors
    <
    Positive Lead Measurement / Action